blob: ed7d270adb764ebacc115fc872f0e6228fc43abc [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000366 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
367
368 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
369 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
370 compliance, among other possible reasons.
371
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
373
374 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
375 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
376 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
377
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500378 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
379
380 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
381 tree nodes for the given platform.
382
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000383 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
384
385 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
386 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
387 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
388 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
389 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
390 purpose.
391
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
393
394 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
395 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
397
398 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
399 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
400
401 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
402 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
403
404 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
405 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
406 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
407 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
408
409 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
410 this erratum.
411
412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
413
414 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
415 according to the A004510 workaround.
416
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000417- Generic CPU options:
418 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
419
420 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
421 values is arch specific.
422
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100423- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200424 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100425
426 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
427 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
428 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
429
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200430 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200431
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100432 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
433 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200434 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100435 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200436
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200437- MIPS CPU options:
438 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
439
440 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
441 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
442 relocation.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
445
446 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
447 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
448 Possible values are:
449 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
450 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
451 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
452 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
453 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
455 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
456 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
457
458 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
459
460 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
461 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
462
463 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
464
465 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
466 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
467 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
468
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000469- ARM options:
470 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
471
472 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
473 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
474
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000475 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
476
477 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
478 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
479 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
480 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
481 GCC.
482
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000483- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000484 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
485
486 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
487 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
488 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
489 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
490 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
491 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
492 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000493 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100494 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000495 default environment.
496
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000497 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
498
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200499 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000500 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
501 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
502
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400503 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200504
505 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400506 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
507 concepts).
508
509 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
510 * New libfdt-based support
511 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500512 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400513
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200514 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
515 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
516 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
517 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200518 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600519 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200520
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200521 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
522 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500523
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600524 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
525
526 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
527 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000528
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500529 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
530
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200531 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500532 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
533
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200534 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
535
536 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
537 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
538 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
539 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
540 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
541 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
542
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000543 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
544
545 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
546 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
547 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
548 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
549 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
550 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
551 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
552
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100553- vxWorks boot parameters:
554
555 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
556 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
557 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
558
559 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
560 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
561 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
562 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
563
564 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
565
566 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
567
568 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
569 the defaults discussed just above.
570
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000571- Cache Configuration:
572 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
573 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
574 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
575
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000576- Cache Configuration for ARM:
577 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
578 controller
579 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
580 controller register space
581
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000582- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200583 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000584
585 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
586
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200587 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000588
589 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
590
591 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
592
593 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
594 the clock speed of the UARTs.
595
596 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
597
598 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
599 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
600 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
601
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000602 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
603
604 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
605 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
606 this variable to initialize the extra register.
607
608 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
609
610 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
611 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
612 variable to flush the UART at init time.
613
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000614
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000615- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000616 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
617 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
618 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
619 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000620
621 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
622 port routines must be defined elsewhere
623 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
624
625 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
626 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000627 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000628 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
629 (default big endian)
630 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
631 rectangle fill
632 (cf. smiLynxEM)
633 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
634 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
635 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
636 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000637 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
638 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000639 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
640 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000641 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000642 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
643 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
644 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
645 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
646 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
647 (i.e. i8042_getc)
648 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
649 (requires blink timer
650 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200651 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000652 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
653 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500654 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000655 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
656 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000657 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
658 linux_logo.h for logo.
659 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000660 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200661 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000662 the logo
663
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000664 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
665 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
666 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
667
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000668 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
669 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
670 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000671
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000672 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
673 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
674 the "silent" environment variable. See
675 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000676
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000677- Console Baudrate:
678 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
679 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200680 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
681 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000682
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100683- Console Rx buffer length
684 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
685 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100686 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100687 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
688 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
689 the SMC.
690
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000691- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200692 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
693 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
694 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
695 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
696 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
697 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
698 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200699 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200700 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000701
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200702 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
703 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000704
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000705- Safe printf() functions
706 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
707 the printf() functions. These are defined in
708 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
709 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
710 If this option is not given then these functions will
711 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
712 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
713
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000714- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
715 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
716 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000717 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
718 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000719
720 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
721 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
722 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
723 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
724 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
725 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
726 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
727 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
728 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
729 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
730 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
731 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
732
733- Autoboot Command:
734 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
735 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
736 define a command string that is automatically executed
737 when no character is read on the console interface
738 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
739
740 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000741 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
742 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
743 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000744
745 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000746 The value of these goes into the environment as
747 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
748 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200749 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750
751- Pre-Boot Commands:
752 CONFIG_PREBOOT
753
754 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
755 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
756 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
757 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
758 entering interactive mode.
759
760 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
761 automatically generated or modified. For an example
762 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
763 modified when the user holds down a certain
764 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
765 booting the systems
766
767- Serial Download Echo Mode:
768 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
769 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
770 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
771 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
772 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
773 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
774 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
775
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500776- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000777 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
778 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200779 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000780
781- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500782 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
783 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000784 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
785 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500786 and augmenting with additional #define's
787 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000788
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500789 The default command configuration includes all commands
790 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000791
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500792 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500793 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
794 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
795 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
796 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
797 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
798 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
799 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500800 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500801 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
802 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
803 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600804 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
805 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
806 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
807 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500808 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
809 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500811 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
812 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500813 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000814 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
815 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500816 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500817 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000818 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500819 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
820 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
821 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500822 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000823 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
825 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
826 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
827 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
828 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
829 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500830 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000831 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500832 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
833 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
834 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
835 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500836 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000837 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
838 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500839 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
840 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400841 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
842 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
844 loop, loopw, mtest
845 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
846 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
847 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100848 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500849 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
850 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600851 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000852 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500853 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
854 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
855 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
856 host
857 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
858 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
859 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
860 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
861 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
862 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
863 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
864 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
865 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700866 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100867 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400868 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200869 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500870 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000871 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000872 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000873 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
874 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500875 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500876 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000877 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000878
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000879
880 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
881 support you can write:
882
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
884 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000885
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400886 Other Commands:
887 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000888
889 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500890 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000891 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
892 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
893 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
894 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
895 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
896 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897
898
899 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
900
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000901- Device tree:
902 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
903 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
904 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
905 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
906 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
907 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
908
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000909 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
910 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000911
912 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
913 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
914 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
915 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
916 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
917 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000918
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000919 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
920 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
921 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
922 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
923
924 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
925
926 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
927 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
928 still use the individual files if you need something more
929 exotic.
930
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931- Watchdog:
932 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
933 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000934 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
935 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
936 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
937 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
938 available, then no further board specific code should
939 be needed to use it.
940
941 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
942 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
943 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
944 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000945
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000946- U-Boot Version:
947 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
948 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
949 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
950 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200951 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
952 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000953
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000954- Real-Time Clock:
955
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500956 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000957 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
958 following options:
959
960 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
961 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000962 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000963 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000964 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000965 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000966 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000967 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100968 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000969 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200970 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200971 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
972 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000973
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000974 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
975 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
976
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600977- GPIO Support:
978 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
979 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
980
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000981 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
982 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
983 pins supported by a particular chip.
984
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600985 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
986 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
987
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000988- Timestamp Support:
989
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000990 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
991 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
992 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500993 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000995- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
996 Zero or more of the following:
997 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
998 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
999 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1000 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1001 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1002 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1003 disk/part_efi.c
1004 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001005
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001006 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1007 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001008 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001009
1010- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001011 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1012 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001013
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001014 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1015 be performed by calling the function
1016 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1017 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001018
1019- ATAPI Support:
1020 CONFIG_ATAPI
1021
1022 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1023
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001024- LBA48 Support
1025 CONFIG_LBA48
1026
1027 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001028 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001029 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1030 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1031
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001032 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001033 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1034 Default is 32bit.
1035
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001036- SCSI Support:
1037 At the moment only there is only support for the
1038 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1039 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001041 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1042 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1043 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1045 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001046 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001047
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001048 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1049 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1050
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001051- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001052 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001053 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1054
1055 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1056 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1057 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1058 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1059
1060 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1061 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1062 example with the "sspi" command.
1063
1064 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1065 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1066 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001067
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001068 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001069 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001070
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001071 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1072 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001073 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001074 write routine for first time initialisation.
1075
1076 CONFIG_TULIP
1077 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1078 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1079 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1080
1081 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1082 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1083
1084 CONFIG_NS8382X
1085 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1086
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001087- NETWORK Support (other):
1088
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001089 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1090 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1091
1092 CONFIG_RMII
1093 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1094
1095 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1096 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1097 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1098
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001099 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1100 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1101
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001102 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001103 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1104
1105 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1106 Define this to hold the physical address
1107 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1108
1109 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1110 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1111
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001112 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001113 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1114
1115 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1116 Define this to hold the physical address
1117 of the device (I/O space)
1118
1119 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1120 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1121
1122 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1123 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1124 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1125
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001126 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1127 Support for davinci emac
1128
1129 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1130 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1131
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001132 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1133 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1134
1135 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1136 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1137 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1138 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1139 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1140 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1141 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1142 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1143
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001144 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001145 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1146
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001147 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001148 Define this to hold the physical address
1149 of the device (I/O space)
1150
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001151 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001152 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1153
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001154 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001155 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1156 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001157 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001158
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001159 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1160 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1161
1162 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1163 Define the number of ports to be used
1164
1165 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1166 Define the ETH PHY's address
1167
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001168 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1169 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1170
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001171- TPM Support:
1172 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1173 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1174 per system is supported at this time.
1175
1176 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1177 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1178 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1179 0xfed40000.
1180
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001181- USB Support:
1182 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001183 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001184 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1185 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001186 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001187 storage devices.
1188 Note:
1189 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1190 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001191 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1192 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1193 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001194 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1195 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001196 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1197 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1198 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001199 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1200 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001201 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001202 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1203 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001204
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001205 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1206 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1207
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001208- USB Device:
1209 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1210 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1211 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001212 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001213 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1214 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001215 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001216 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1217 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1218 a Linux host by
1219 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1220 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1221 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1222 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001223
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001224 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1225 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001226
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001227 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1228 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1229 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001230
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301231 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1232 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1233 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1234 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1235 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1236 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1237 speed.
1238
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001239 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001240 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1241 be set to usbtty.
1242
1243 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001244 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001245 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001246 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001247
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001248 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001249 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001250 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001251
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001252 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001253 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001254 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001255 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1256 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1257 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1258
1259 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1260 Define this string as the name of your company for
1261 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001262
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001263 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1264 Define this string as the name of your product
1265 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1266
1267 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1268 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1269 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1270 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1271 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001272
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001273 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1274 Define this as the unique Product ID
1275 for your device
1276 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001277
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001278- ULPI Layer Support:
1279 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1280 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1281 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1282 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1283 viewport is supported.
1284 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1285 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001286 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1287 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1288 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001289
1290- MMC Support:
1291 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1292 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1293 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1294 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001295 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1296 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001297
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001298 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1299 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1300
1301 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1302 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1303
1304 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1305 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1306
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001307- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1308 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1309 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1310 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1311
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001312 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1313 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001314 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1315
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001316 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001317 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1318 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1319
1320 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001321 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001322 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1323 have not defined a custom partition
1324
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001325- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1326 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001327
1328 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1329 file in FAT formatted partition.
1330
1331 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1332 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001333
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001334CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1335 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1336
1337 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1338 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1339 and cbfsload.
1340
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001341- Keyboard Support:
1342 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1343
1344 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1345 support
1346
1347 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1348 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1349 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1350 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1351 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1352
1353- Video support:
1354 CONFIG_VIDEO
1355
1356 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1357 video).
1358
1359 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1360
1361 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1362
1363 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001364 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001365 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1366 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1367 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001368
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001369 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001370 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001371 are possible:
1372 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001373 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001374
1375 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1376 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1377 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1378 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1379 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1380 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1381 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001382 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1383
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001384 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001385 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001386
1387
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001388 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001389 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001390 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1391 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1392
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001393 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001394 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001395 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1396 support, and should also define these other macros:
1397
1398 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1399 CONFIG_VIDEO
1400 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1401 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1402 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1403 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1404 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1405 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1406
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001407 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1408 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1409 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1410 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001411
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001412- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001413 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001414
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001415 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1416 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1417 defined in your board-specific files.
1418 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001419
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001420- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1421
1422 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1423 display); also select one of the supported displays
1424 by defining one of these:
1425
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001426 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1427
1428 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1429
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001430 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001431
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001432 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001433
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001434 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001435
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001436 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1437 Active, color, single scan.
1438
1439 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1440
1441 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001442 Active, color, single scan.
1443
1444 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1445
1446 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1447 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1448
1449 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1450
1451 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1452 Active, color, single scan.
1453
1454 CONFIG_HLD1045
1455
1456 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1457 Active, color, single scan.
1458
1459 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1460
1461 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1462 or
1463 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1464 or
1465 Hitachi SP14Q002
1466
1467 320x240. Black & white.
1468
1469 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001470 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001471
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001472 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1473
1474 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1475
1476
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001477- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001478
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001479 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1480 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1481 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001482 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001483 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1484 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1485 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1486 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001487
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001488 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1489
1490 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1491 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1492 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1493 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1494 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1495 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1496
1497 Example:
1498 setenv splashpos m,m
1499 => image at center of screen
1500
1501 setenv splashpos 30,20
1502 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1503
1504 setenv splashpos -10,m
1505 => vertically centered image
1506 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1507
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001508- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1509
1510 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1511 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1512 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1513
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001514- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1515
1516 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1517 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1518 bmp command.
1519
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001520- Do compresssing for memory range:
1521 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1522
1523 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1524 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1525
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001526- Compression support:
1527 CONFIG_BZIP2
1528
1529 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1530 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1531 compressed images are supported.
1532
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001533 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001534 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001535 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001536
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001537 CONFIG_LZMA
1538
1539 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1540 images is included.
1541
1542 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1543 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1544 formula:
1545
1546 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1547
1548 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1549 and Literal pos bits.
1550
1551 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1552 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1553 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1554 a very small buffer.
1555
1556 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1557 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001558 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001559
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001560- MII/PHY support:
1561 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1562
1563 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1564
1565 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1566
1567 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1568
1569 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1570
1571 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001572 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001573
1574 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1575
1576 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1577 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1578 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1579 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1580
1581 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1582
1583 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1584 command issued before MII status register can be read
1585
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001586- Ethernet address:
1587 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001588 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001589 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1590 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001591 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1592 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001593
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001594 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1595 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001596 is not determined automatically.
1597
1598- IP address:
1599 CONFIG_IPADDR
1600
1601 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001602 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001603 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001604 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001605
1606- Server IP address:
1607 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1608
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001609 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001610 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001611 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001612
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001613 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1614
1615 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1616 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1617
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001618- Gateway IP address:
1619 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1620
1621 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1622 default router where packets to other networks are
1623 sent to.
1624 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1625
1626- Subnet mask:
1627 CONFIG_NETMASK
1628
1629 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1630 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1631 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1632 forwarded through a router.
1633 (Environment variable "netmask")
1634
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001635- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1636 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1637
1638 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1639 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001640 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001641 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1642 multicast group.
1643
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001644- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1645 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1646
1647 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1648 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1649 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1650 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1651 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1652 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1653 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1654 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001655 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001656
1657 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1658 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1659 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1660 4th and following
1661 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1662
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001663- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001664 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1665 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001666
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001667 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1668 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1669 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1670 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1671 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1672 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1673 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1674 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1675 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1676 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1677 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1678 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001679 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001680
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001681 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1682 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001683
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001684 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1685 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1686 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1687 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1688 is not available.
1689
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001690 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1691 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1692 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1693 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1694 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1695 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1696 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001697 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001698
1699 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1700 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1701 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001702 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001703 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1704 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001705
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001706 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1707
1708 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1709 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1710 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1711 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1712 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1713 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1714 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1715 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1716 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1717 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1718 this delay.
1719
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001720 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1721 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1722 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1723 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1724 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1725
1726 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1727
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001728 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001729 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001730
1731 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1732
1733 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1734
1735 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1736 of the device.
1737
1738 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1739
1740 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1741 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001742 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001743
1744 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1745
1746 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1747 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1748
1749 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1750
1751 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1752
1753 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1754
1755 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1756
1757 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1758
1759 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1760
1761 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1762
1763 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1764 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1765
1766 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1767
1768 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1769
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001770- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1771
1772 Several configurations allow to display the current
1773 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1774 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1775 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1776 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1777 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1778 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1779 feature in U-Boot.
1780
1781- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1782
1783 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1784 on those systems that support this (optional)
1785 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1786
1787- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1788
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001789 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001790 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001791 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001792
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001793 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001794 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001795 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1796 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001797 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001798
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001799 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001800
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001801 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001802 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1803 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001804
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001805 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001806 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001807
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001808 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001809 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001810 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001811 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001812
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001813 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001814 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001815 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1816 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1817 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001818
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001819 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1820
1821 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1822 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1823 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1824 commands until the slave device responds.
1825
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001826 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001827
1828 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1829 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1830 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001831
1832 I2C_INIT
1833
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001834 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001835 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001836
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001837 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001838
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001839 I2C_PORT
1840
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001841 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1842 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1843 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001844
1845 I2C_ACTIVE
1846
1847 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1848 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1849 define can be null.
1850
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001851 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1852
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001853 I2C_TRISTATE
1854
1855 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1856 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1857 define can be null.
1858
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001859 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1860
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001861 I2C_READ
1862
1863 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1864 FALSE if it is low.
1865
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001866 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1867
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001868 I2C_SDA(bit)
1869
1870 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1871 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1872
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001873 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001874 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001875 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001876
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001877 I2C_SCL(bit)
1878
1879 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1880 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1881
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001882 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001883 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001884 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001885
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001886 I2C_DELAY
1887
1888 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1889 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001890 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001891 like:
1892
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001893 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001894
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001895 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1896
1897 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1898 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1899 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1900 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1901
1902 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1903 the generic GPIO functions.
1904
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001905 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001906
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001907 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1908 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1909 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1910 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1911 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1912 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1913 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1914 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001915
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001916 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1917
1918 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1919 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1920 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1921 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1922 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1923 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1924 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1925 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1926
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001927 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1928
1929 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1930 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1931 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1932
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001933 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1934
1935 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001936 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1937 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001938 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001940 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001941
1942 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001943 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001944 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1945 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001946
1947 e.g.
1948 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001949 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001950
1951 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1952
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001953 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001954 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001955
1956 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1957
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001958 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001959
1960 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1961 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1962
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001963 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001964
1965 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1966 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001968 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001969
1970 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1971 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001973 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001974
1975 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1976 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1977 specified DTT device.
1978
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001979 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1980
1981 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001982 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001983
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001984 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1985
1986 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1987 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1988 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1989 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1990 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1991 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1992
1993 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1994 feature!
1995
1996 Example:
1997 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1998 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1999 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2000
2001 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2002
2003 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2004 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2005
2006 => i2c bus
2007 Busses reached over muxes:
2008 Bus ID: 2
2009 reached over Mux(es):
2010 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2011 Bus ID: 3
2012 reached over Mux(es):
2013 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2014 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2015 =>
2016
2017 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002018 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2019 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002020 the channel 4.
2021
2022 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002023 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002024 the 2 muxes.
2025
2026 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2027 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2028 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2029 to add this option to other architectures.
2030
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002031 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2032
2033 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2034 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2035 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2036 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2037 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2038 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2039 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002040
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002041- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2042
2043 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2044 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2045 D/As on the SACSng board)
2046
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002047 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2048
2049 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2050 only SH7757 is supported.
2051
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002052 CONFIG_SPI_X
2053
2054 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2055 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2056
2057 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2058
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002059 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2060 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2061 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2062 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2063 defined, the board configuration must define several
2064 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2065 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002066
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002067 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2068
2069 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2070 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2071 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002072 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002073 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2074
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002075 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2076
2077 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002078 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002079
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002080- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2081
2082 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2083
2084 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2085
2086 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2087 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2088
2089 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2090
2091 Enables support for FPGA family.
2092 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2093
2094 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002095
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002096 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002097
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002098 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002099
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002100 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002101
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002102 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002103
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002104 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2105 status by the configuration function. This option
2106 will require a board or device specific function to
2107 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002108
2109 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2110
2111 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2112 configuration driver.
2113
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002114 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002115 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2116
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002117 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002119 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2120 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2121 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2122 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002123
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002124 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002125
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002126 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2127 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2128 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002129 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002130
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002131 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002132
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002133 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002134 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002135
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002136 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002137
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002138 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002139 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002140
2141- Configuration Management:
2142 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2143
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002144 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2145 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002146
2147- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2148
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002149 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2150 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002151 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002152 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2153 protects these variables from casual modification by
2154 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2155 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002156 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002157
2158 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2159 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002160 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002161 these parameters.
2162
2163 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2164 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002165 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002166 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2167 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2168 read-only.]
2169
2170- Protected RAM:
2171 CONFIG_PRAM
2172
2173 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2174 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2175 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2176 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2177 this default value by defining an environment
2178 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2179 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2180 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2181 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2182 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2183 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2184 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2185
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002186 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002187 saveenv
2188
2189 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2190 either, which results in a memory region that will
2191 not be affected by reboots.
2192
2193 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2194 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2195 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2196 following board configurations are known to be
2197 "pRAM-clean":
2198
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002199 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2200 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002201 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002202
2203- Error Recovery:
2204 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2205
2206 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2207 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2208 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002209 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002210 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2211 useful during development since you can try to debug
2212 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2213
2214 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2215
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002216 This variable defines the number of retries for
2217 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2218 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2219 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002220
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002221 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2222
2223 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2224
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002225 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2226
2227 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2228 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2229 try longer timeout such as
2230 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2231
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002232- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002233 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002234
2235 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2236
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002237 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2238 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002239
2240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002241 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002242
2243 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2244 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2245 powerful command line syntax like
2246 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2247 constructs ("shell scripts").
2248
2249 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2250 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2251
2252
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002253 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002254
2255 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2256 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2257 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2258
2259 Note:
2260
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002261 In the current implementation, the local variables
2262 space and global environment variables space are
2263 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2264 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2265 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2266 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2267 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002268
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002269 Global environment variables are those you use
2270 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2271 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2272 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002273
2274 To store commands and special characters in a
2275 variable, please use double quotation marks
2276 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2277 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2278 symbols.
2279
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002280- Commandline Editing and History:
2281 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2282
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002283 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002284 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002285
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002286- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002287 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2288
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002289 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2290 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002291 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002292
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002293 For example, place something like this in your
2294 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002295
2296 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2297 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2298 "myvar2=value2\0"
2299
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002300 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2301 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2302 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2303 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002304 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002305 You better know what you are doing here.
2306
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002307 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2308 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002309 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002310 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002311
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002312 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2313
2314 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2315 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2316 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2317
2318 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2319
2320 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2321 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2322 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2323 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2324 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2325
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002326 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2327
2328 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2329 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2330 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2331
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002332- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002333 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2334
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002335 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2336 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2337 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002338
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002339- Serial Flash support
2340 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2341
2342 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2343 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2344
2345 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2346 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2347 commands.
2348
2349 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2350 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2351 flash is present on the system.
2352
2353 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2354 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2355 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2356 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2357
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002358- SystemACE Support:
2359 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2360
2361 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2362 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002363 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002364 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002365
2366 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002367 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002368
2369 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2370 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2371
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002372- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2373 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2374
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002375 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002376 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002377 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002378 number generator is used.
2379
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002380 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2381 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2382 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2383
2384 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002385 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2386 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2387 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2388 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2389 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2390 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2391
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002392- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002393 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2394
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002395 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2396 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2397 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2398 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2399 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2400 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002401
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002402- Detailed boot stage timing
2403 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2404 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2405 of the boot process.
2406
2407 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2408 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2409 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2410 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2411 the limit, recording will stop.
2412
2413 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2414 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2415
2416 Timer summary in microseconds:
2417 Mark Elapsed Stage
2418 0 0 reset
2419 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2420 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2421 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2422 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2423 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2424 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2425 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2426
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002427 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2428 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2429 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2430
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002431 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2432 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2433 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2434 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2435 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2436 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2437 For example:
2438
2439 bootstage {
2440 154 {
2441 name = "board_init_f";
2442 mark = <3575678>;
2443 };
2444 170 {
2445 name = "lcd";
2446 accum = <33482>;
2447 };
2448 };
2449
2450 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2451
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002452Legacy uImage format:
2453
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002454 Arg Where When
2455 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002456 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002457 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002458 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002459 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002460 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002461 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2462 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2463 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002464 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002465 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2466 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2467 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2468 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002469 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002470 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002471
2472 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2473 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2474 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2475 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2476 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2477 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2478 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002479 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002480 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2481 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2482
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002483 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002484
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002485 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002486 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2487 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002488
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002489 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2490 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2491 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2492 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2493 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2494 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2495 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2496 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2497 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2498 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2499 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2500 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2501 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2502 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2503 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2504 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2505 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2506 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2507 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2508 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2509 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2510 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2511 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2512 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2513 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2514 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2515 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2516 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2517 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2518 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2519 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2520 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2521 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2522 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2523 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2524 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2525 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2526 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2527 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2528 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2529 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2530 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2531 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2532 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2533 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2534 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2535 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002536
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002537 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002538
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002539 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002540 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2541 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002542
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002543 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2544 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002545 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002546 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2547 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2548 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002549 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2550 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002551 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002552
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002553FIT uImage format:
2554
2555 Arg Where When
2556 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2557 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2558 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2559 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2560 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2561 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002562 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002563 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2564 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2565 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2566 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2567 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002568 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2569 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002570 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2571 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2572 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2573 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2574 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2575 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2576 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2577 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2578
2579 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2580 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2581 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002582 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002583 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2584 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2585 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2586 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2587 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2588 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2589 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2590 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2591 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2592 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2593 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2594 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2595
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002596 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002597 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2598
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002599 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002600 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2601
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002602 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002603 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2604
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002605- FIT image support:
2606 CONFIG_FIT
2607 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2608
2609 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2610 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2611 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2612 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2613 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2614 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2615
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002616- Standalone program support:
2617 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2618
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002619 This option defines a board specific value for the
2620 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2621 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002622 settings.
2623
2624- Frame Buffer Address:
2625 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2626
2627 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2628 address for frame buffer.
2629 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2630 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002631 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002632
2633 Please see board_init_f function.
2634
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002635- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2636 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2637 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2638 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2639
2640 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2641 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2642
2643- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2644 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2645
2646 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2647 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2648
2649 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2650
2651 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2652 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2653
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002654- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002655 CONFIG_SPL
2656 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002657
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002658 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2659 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2660
2661 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2662 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2663
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002664 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2665 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002666
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002667 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2668 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2669 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2670
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002671 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2672 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2673
2674 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2675 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2676
2677 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2678 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2679
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002680 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2681 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2682 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2683 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2684
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002685 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2686 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2687
2688 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2689 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002690
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002691 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2692 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2693 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2694 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2695
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002696 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2697 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2698 about the running system.
2699
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002700 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2701 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2702
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002703 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2704 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002705
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002706 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2707 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002708
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002709 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2710 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002711
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002712 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2713 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002714
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002715 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2716 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002717
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002718 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2719 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2720 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2721 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2722 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2723
2724 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2725 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2726
2727 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2728 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2729
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002730 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2731 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2732 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2733
2734 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2735 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2736
2737 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2738 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2739
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002740 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002741 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2742 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002743
2744 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2745 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2746 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2747 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2748 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2749 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002750 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002751
2752 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002753 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2754
2755 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2756 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2757
2758 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2759 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002760
2761 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002762 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002763
2764 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2765 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2766 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2767
2768 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2769 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2770 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2771
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002772 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2773 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002774
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002775 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2776 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002777
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002778 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2779 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002780
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002781 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2782 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2783
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002784 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2785 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002786
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002787 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2788 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2789 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2790 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2791
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002792Modem Support:
2793--------------
2794
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002795[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002796
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002797- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002798 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2799
2800- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2801 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2802
2803- Modem debug support:
2804 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2805
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002806 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2807 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002808
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002809- Interrupt support (PPC):
2810
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002811 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2812 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002813 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002814 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002815 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002816 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002817 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002818 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2819 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2820 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002821
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002822- General:
2823
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002824 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2825 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2826 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002827 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002828 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2829 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2830 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002831
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002832 If there are no modem init strings in the
2833 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2834 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002835 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002836
2837 See also: doc/README.Modem
2838
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002839Board initialization settings:
2840------------------------------
2841
2842During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2843to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2844before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2845following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2846architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2847typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2848
2849- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2850- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2851- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2852- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002853
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002854Configuration Settings:
2855-----------------------
2856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002857- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002858 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2859
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002860- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2861 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002863- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002864 prompt for user input.
2865
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002866- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002867
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002868- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002869
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002870- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002872- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002873 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2874 booted
2875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002876- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002877 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2878
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002879- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002880 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002882- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002883 If the board specific function
2884 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2885 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002886 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002888- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002889 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002891- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002892 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2893
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002894- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002895 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2896 simple memory test.
2897
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002898- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002899 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002900
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002901- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002902 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2903 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2904
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002905- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2906 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002907 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002908 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002909 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2910 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2911 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002912 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002913 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002914 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002915
2916 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2917 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2918 be touched.
2919
2920 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2921 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2922 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2923 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2924 problems.
2925
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002926- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002927 Default load address for network file downloads
2928
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002929- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002930 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2931
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002932- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002933 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2934
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002935- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002936 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2937 Cogent motherboard)
2938
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002939- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002940 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2941
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002942- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002943 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2944 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002945 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002946 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002947
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002948- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002949 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2950 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2951 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2952 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002953
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002954- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002955 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2956
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002957- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002958 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2959 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002960 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002961 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2962
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002963- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002964 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2965 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002966 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2967 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2968 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2969 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002970 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002971 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2972 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2973 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002974
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002975- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2976 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2977 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2978 is enabled.
2979
2980- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2981 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2982 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2983
2984- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2985 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2986 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2987
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002988- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002989 Max number of Flash memory banks
2990
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002991- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002992 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2993
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002994- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2996
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002997- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002998 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2999
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003000- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003001 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003003- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003004 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3005
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003006- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003007 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3008 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3009
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003010- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003011
3012 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3013 without this option such a download has to be
3014 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3015 copy from RAM to flash.
3016
3017 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3018 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003019 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3020 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003021 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3022
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003023- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003024 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003025 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003027- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003028 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3029 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003030
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003031- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3032 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3033 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3034 to the MTD layer.
3035
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003036- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003037 Use buffered writes to flash.
3038
3039- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3040 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3041 write commands.
3042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003043- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003044 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3045 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3046 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3047 optionally available.
3048
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003049- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3050 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3051 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3052 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3053
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003054- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003055 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3056 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003057 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3058 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003059 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003060 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3061
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003062- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3063
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003064 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3065 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3066 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3067 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3068 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003069
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003070The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3071of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3072following configurations:
3073
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003074- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3075
3076 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3077 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003079- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003080
3081 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3082
3083 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3084 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3085 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3086 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3087 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3088 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3089 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3090 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3091 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3092 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3093 between U-Boot and the environment.
3094
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003095 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003096
3097 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3098 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3099 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3100 for this sector is given here.
3101
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003102 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003103
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003104 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003105
3106 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3107 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003108 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003109
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003110 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003111
3112 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3113
3114
3115 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3116 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3117 the environment.
3118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003119 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003120
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003121 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003122 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003123 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3124 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3125
3126 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3127 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3128 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3129 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3130 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3131 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3132 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3133 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3134 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3135
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003136 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3137 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003138
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003139 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003140 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003141 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003142 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003143
3144BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3145source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3146accordingly!
3147
3148
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003149- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003150
3151 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3152 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3153 environment.
3154
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003155 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3156 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003157
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003158 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003159 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3160 can just be read and written to, without any special
3161 provision.
3162
3163BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3164in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003165console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003166U-Boot will hang.
3167
3168Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3169environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3170keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3171to save the current settings.
3172
3173
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003174- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003175
3176 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3177 device and a driver for it.
3178
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003179 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3180 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003181
3182 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3183 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3184
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003185 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003186 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3187 The default address is zero.
3188
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003189 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003190 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3191 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3192 would require six bits.
3193
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003194 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003195 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003196 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003197
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003198 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003199 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3200 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003202 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003203 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3204 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3205 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3206 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3207 byte chips.
3208
3209 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3210 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3211 in the chip address.
3212
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003213 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003214 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3215
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003216 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3217 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3218 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3219
3220 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3221 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3222 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3223 EEPROM. For example:
3224
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003225 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003226
3227 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3228 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003229
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003230- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003231
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003232 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003233 want to use for the environment.
3234
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003235 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3236 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3237 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003238
3239 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3240 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3241 at the specified address.
3242
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003243- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3244
3245 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3246 want to use for the local device's environment.
3247
3248 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3249 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3250
3251 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3252 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3253 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003254 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003255
3256BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3257"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003258environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3259but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003260
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003261- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003262
3263 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3264 for the environment.
3265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003266 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3267 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003268
3269 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003270 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3271 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003272
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003273 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003274
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003275 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003276 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3277 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003278 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003279 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003280
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003281 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3282
3283 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3284 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3285 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3286 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3287 the range to be avoided.
3288
3289 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3290
3291 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3292 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3293 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3294 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3295 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003296
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003297- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3298
3299 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3300 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3301 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3302
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003303- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003304
3305 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3306 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3307 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3308 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3309 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3310 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3311 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3312
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003313Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003314has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003315created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003316until then to read environment variables.
3317
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003318The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3319is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3320with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3321necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3322"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3323have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003324
3325Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3326the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003327use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003328
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003329- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003330 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003331
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003332 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003333 also needs to be defined.
3334
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003335- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003336 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003337
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003338- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3339 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3340 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3341 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3342 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3343 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3344
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003345Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003346---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003347
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003348- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003349 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003351- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003352 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003353
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003354 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3355 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3356 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003357
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003358- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3359 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3360 PowerPC SOCs.
3361
3362- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3363 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3364 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3365
3366 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3367 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3368
3369- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3370 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3371 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003372 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003373 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3374 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3375 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3376
3377 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3378 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3379
3380- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003381 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3382 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003383 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3384 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3385
3386- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3387 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3388 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3389 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3390
3391- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3392 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3393 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3394
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003395- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003396 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003397
3398 the default drive number (default value 0)
3399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003400 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003401
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003402 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003403 (default value 1)
3404
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003405 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003406
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003407 defines the offset of register from address. It
3408 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003409 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003410
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003411 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3412 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003413 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003414
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003415 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003416 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3417 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3418 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3419 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003420
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003421- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3422 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3423 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3424 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3425 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3426 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3427 is requierd.
3428
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003429- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003430 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003431 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003432
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003433- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003434
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003435 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003436 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3437 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3438 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3439 will become available only after programming the
3440 memory controller and running certain initialization
3441 sequences.
3442
3443 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3444 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3445 - MPC824X: data cache
3446 - PPC4xx: data cache
3447
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003448- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003449
3450 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003451 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3452 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003453 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003454 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003455 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3456 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3457 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003458
3459 Note:
3460 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3461 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003462 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003463 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3464 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3465
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003466- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003467
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003468- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003469
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003470- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003471
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003472- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003473
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003474- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003476- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003478- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003479 SDRAM timing
3480
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003481- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003482 periodic timer for refresh
3483
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003484- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003485
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003486- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3487 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3488 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3489 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003490 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3491
3492- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003493 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3494 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003495 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003497- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3498 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003499 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3500 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3501
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003502- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003503 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3504 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3505
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003506- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003507 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3508 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003510- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3512 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3513
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003514- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003515 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3516 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3517 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3518
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003519- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003520 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3521 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3522 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3523 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003524
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003525- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3526 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3527 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3528 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3529 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3530 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3531 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3532 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003533 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003534
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003535- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3536 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3537 required.
3538
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003539- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3540 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3541 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3542 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3543 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3544 by coreboot or similar.
3545
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003546- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3547 Chip has SRIO or not
3548
3549- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3550 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3551
3552- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3553 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3554
3555- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3556 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3557
3558- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3559 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3560
3561- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3562 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3563
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003564- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3565 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3566 16 bit bus.
3567
3568- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3569 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3570 a default value will be used.
3571
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003572- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003573 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3574 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3575
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003576 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3577 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3578
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003579- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003580 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3581 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3582 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003583
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003584- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3585 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3586 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3587 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3588 header files or board specific files.
3589
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003590- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3591 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3592
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003593- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003594 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3595 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003596
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003597- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3598 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3599
3600- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3601 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003602 to the given FEC; i. e.
3603 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003604 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3605
3606 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3607
3608- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3609 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3610 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3611
3612- CONFIG_RMII
3613 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3614 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3615 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3616
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003617- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3618 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3619 The syntax is:
3620
3621 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3622
3623 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3624 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3625 area should have.
3626
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003627- CONFIG_LOOPW
3628 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003629 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003630
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003631- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3632 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3633 "md/mw" commands.
3634 Examples:
3635
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003636 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003637 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3638
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003639 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003640 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3641
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003642 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003643 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003644
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003645- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003646 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003647 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3648 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3649 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003650
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003651 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3652 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3653 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3654 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003655
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003656- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003657 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3658 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3659 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003660
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003661- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3662 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3663 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3664 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3665 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3666
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003667- CONFIG_X86_NO_RESET_VECTOR
3668 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is excluded. You will need
3669 to do this when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
3670
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00003671- CONFIG_X86_NO_REAL_MODE
3672 If defined, x86 real mode code is omitted. This assumes a
3673 32-bit environment where such code is not needed. You will
3674 need to do this when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
3675
3676
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003677Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3678-----------------------------------
3679
3680The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3681loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3682This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3683are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3684within that device.
3685
3686- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3687 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3688 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3689 is also specified.
3690
3691- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3692 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3693 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3694 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3695 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3696
3697- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3698 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3699 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3700 virtual address in NOR flash.
3701
3702- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3703 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3704 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3705
3706- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3707 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3708 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3709
3710- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3711 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3712 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3713
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003714- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3715 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3716 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003717 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3718 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3719 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003720
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003721Building the Software:
3722======================
3723
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003724Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3725and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3726all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3727(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3728recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3729which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003730
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003731If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3732have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3733you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3734Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3735necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003736
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003737 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3738 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003739
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003740Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3741 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3742 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3743 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3744
3745 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3746
3747 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3748 be executed on computers running Windows.
3749
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003750U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3751sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003752is done by typing:
3753
3754 make NAME_config
3755
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003756where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003757rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003759Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3760 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3761 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3762 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003763 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003765 make TQM823L_config
3766 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003768 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3769 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003771 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003772
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003774Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3775images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003777- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3778- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3779- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003780
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003781By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3782in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3783this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3784
37851. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3786
3787 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3788 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3789 make O=/tmp/build all
3790
37912. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3792
3793 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3794 make distclean
3795 make NAME_config
3796 make all
3797
3798Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3799variable.
3800
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003802Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3803for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3804native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003805
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003807If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3808to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3809steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000038111. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003812 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
3813 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000038142. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3815 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3816 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
38173. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3818 your board
38193. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3820 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
38214. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
38225. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3823 to be installed on your target system.
38246. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3825 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003828Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3829==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003830
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003831If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3832or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003833provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3834the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003835official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003836
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003837But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3838cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003839the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3840just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003841for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3842select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3843environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3844you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003846 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003848or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003850 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003851
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003852When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3853U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3854setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3855built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3856<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3857location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3858variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003859
3860 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3861 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3862 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3863
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003864With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3865log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3866during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003867
3868
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003869See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003870
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003872Monitor Commands - Overview:
3873============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003875go - start application at address 'addr'
3876run - run commands in an environment variable
3877bootm - boot application image from memory
3878bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003879bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003880tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3881 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3882 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003883tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003884rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3885diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3886loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3887loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3888md - memory display
3889mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3890nm - memory modify (constant address)
3891mw - memory write (fill)
3892cp - memory copy
3893cmp - memory compare
3894crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003895i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003896sspi - SPI utility commands
3897base - print or set address offset
3898printenv- print environment variables
3899setenv - set environment variables
3900saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3901protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3902erase - erase FLASH memory
3903flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003904nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003905bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3906iminfo - print header information for application image
3907coninfo - print console devices and informations
3908ide - IDE sub-system
3909loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003910loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003911mtest - simple RAM test
3912icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3913dcache - enable or disable data cache
3914reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3915echo - echo args to console
3916version - print monitor version
3917help - print online help
3918? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003921Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3922========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003924TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003926For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003927
3928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003929Environment Variables:
3930======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003932U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3933can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003935Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3936"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3937without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3938environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3939working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3940environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003941
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003942Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3943
3944List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003945
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003946 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003948 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003950 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003951
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003952 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003954 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003955
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003956 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3957 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3958 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3959 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3960 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3961 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003962 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3963 bootm_mapsize.
3964
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003965 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003966 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3967 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3968 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3969 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3970 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3971 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003972
3973 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3974 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3975 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3976 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3977 environment variable.
3978
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003979 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3980 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3981 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3982
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003983 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3984 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3985 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3986 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003988 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3989 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3990 be automatically started (by internally calling
3991 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003992
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003993 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3994 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3995 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3996 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3997 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003999 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4000 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004001 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4002 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4003 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4004 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4005 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4006 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4007 access it during the boot procedure.
4008
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004009 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4010 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4011 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4012 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4013 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4014 must be accessible by the kernel.
4015
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004016 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4017 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4018 defined.
4019
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004020 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4021 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4022 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4023 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4024 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4025
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004026 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4027 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4028 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4029 is usually what you want since it allows for
4030 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4031 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004032 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004033 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4034 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4035 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4036 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004038 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4039 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4040 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4041 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4042 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4043 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004045 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004046
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004047 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4048 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4049 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4050 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4051 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4052 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4053 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004055 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004056
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004057 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4058 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004060 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004062 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004063
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004064 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004066 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004068 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004069
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004070 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004071
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004072 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4073 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004074
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004075 => setenv ethact FEC
4076 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4077 => setenv ethact SCC
4078 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004079
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004080 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4081 available network interfaces.
4082 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4083
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004084 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004085 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4086 When set to "once" the network operation will
4087 fail when all the available network interfaces
4088 are tried once without success.
4089 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4090 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004091
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004092 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004093
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004094 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004095 UDP source port.
4096
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004097 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4098 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4099
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004100 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4101 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4102
4103 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4104 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4105 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4106 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4107 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4108 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4109 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4110
4111 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004112 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004113 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004114
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004115The following image location variables contain the location of images
4116used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4117not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4118variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4119server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4120loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4121flash or offset in NAND flash.
4122
4123*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4124boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4125boards use these variables for other purposes.
4126
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004127Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4128----- --------- ----------- --------------
4129u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4130Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4131device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4132ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004134The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4135updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4136depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004138 bootfile - see above
4139 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4140 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4141 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4142 hostname - Target hostname
4143 ipaddr - see above
4144 netmask - Subnet Mask
4145 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4146 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004147
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004148
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004149There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004151 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4152 as type string and/or serial number
4153 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004154
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004155These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4156the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4157once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004158
4159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004160Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004162 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4163 with the "version" command. This variable is
4164 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004165
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004167Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4168only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004169
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004171Command Line Parsing:
4172=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004174There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4175the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004176
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004177Old, simple command line parser:
4178--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004180- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4181- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004182- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004183- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4184 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004185 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004186- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4187 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004189Hush shell:
4190-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004191
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004192- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4193 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4194 until...do...done, ...
4195- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4196 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4197 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4198 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004200General rules:
4201--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004202
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004203(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4204 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4205 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4206 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004208(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004209 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004210 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4211 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004213Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4214=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004215
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004216Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004217such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4218"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004220Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4221MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4222"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004224If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4225in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4226ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4227variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004229o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4230 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004231
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004232o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4233 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4234 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004236o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4237 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004239o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4240 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4241 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4244 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004245
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004246If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004247will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004248may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4249The naming convention is as follows:
4250"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004252Image Formats:
4253==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004255U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4256images in two formats:
4257
4258New uImage format (FIT)
4259-----------------------
4260
4261Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4262to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4263components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4264SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4265
4266
4267Old uImage format
4268-----------------
4269
4270Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4271preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4272details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004274* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4275 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004276 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4277 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4278 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004279* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004280 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4281 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004282* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4283* Load Address
4284* Entry Point
4285* Image Name
4286* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004287
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004288The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4289and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4290CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004293Linux Support:
4294==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004296Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4297easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4298U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004299
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004300U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4301special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4302"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4303instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4304serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004305
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004306- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4307 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4308 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004309
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004310- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4311 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004313- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4314 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4315 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4316 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4317 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4318 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004319
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004321Linux HOWTO:
4322============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004324Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4325---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004327U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4328configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4329(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4330Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004331
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004332But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004334Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4335include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004336Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4337and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004338as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004339
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004341Configuring the Linux kernel:
4342-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004344No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4345device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004346
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004347
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004348Building a Linux Image:
4349-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004351With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4352not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4353"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4354U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4355which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4356100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004358Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004360 make TQM850L_config
4361 make oldconfig
4362 make dep
4363 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004364
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004365The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4366encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4367CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004369* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004370
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004371* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004372
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004373 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4374 -R .note -R .comment \
4375 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004376
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004377* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004378
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004379 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004381* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004383 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4384 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4385 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004386
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004388The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4389with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4390combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4391byte header containing information about target architecture,
4392operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4393stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004394
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004395"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4396print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004397
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004398In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4399contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4400checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004402 tools/mkimage -l image
4403 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004405The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4406from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004408 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4409 -n name -d data_file image
4410 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4411 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4412 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4413 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4414 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4415 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4416 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4417 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004418
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004419Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4420address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4421kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004423- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4424- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004426So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004428 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4429 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004430 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004431 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4432 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4433 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4434 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4435 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4436 Load Address: 0x00000000
4437 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004438
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004439To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004441 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4442 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4443 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4444 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4445 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4446 Load Address: 0x00000000
4447 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004448
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004449NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4450speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4451needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4452need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004453
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004454 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004455 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4456 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004457 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004458 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4459 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4460 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4461 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4462 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4463 Load Address: 0x00000000
4464 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004465
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004467Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4468when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004470 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4471 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4472 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4473 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4474 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4475 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4476 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4477 Load Address: 0x00000000
4478 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004479
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004481Installing a Linux Image:
4482-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004483
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004484To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4485you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004486
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004487 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004489The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4490image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4491address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4492specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4493command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004495Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4496TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004497
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004498 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004499
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004500 .......... done
4501 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004502
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004503 => loads 40100000
4504 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4505 ~>examples/image.srec
4506 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4507 ...
4508 15989 15990 15991 15992
4509 [file transfer complete]
4510 [connected]
4511 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004512
4513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004514You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004515this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004516corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004518 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004520 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4521 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4522 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4523 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4524 Load Address: 00000000
4525 Entry Point: 0000000c
4526 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004527
4528
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004529Boot Linux:
4530-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004532The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4533memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4534of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4535parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4536"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
4538
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004539 => printenv bootargs
4540 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004542 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544 => printenv bootargs
4545 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547 => bootm 40020000
4548 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4549 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4550 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4551 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4552 Load Address: 00000000
4553 Entry Point: 0000000c
4554 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4555 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4556 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4557 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4558 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4559 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4560 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4561 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004562
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004563If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004564the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4565format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004567 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004569 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4570 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4571 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4572 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4573 Load Address: 00000000
4574 Entry Point: 0000000c
4575 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004577 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4578 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4579 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4580 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4581 Load Address: 00000000
4582 Entry Point: 00000000
4583 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004585 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4586 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4587 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4588 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4589 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4590 Load Address: 00000000
4591 Entry Point: 0000000c
4592 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4593 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4594 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4595 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4596 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4597 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4598 Load Address: 00000000
4599 Entry Point: 00000000
4600 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4601 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4602 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4603 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4604 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4605 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4606 ...
4607 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4608 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004610 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004611
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004612Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4613-----------
4614
4615First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4616titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4617following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4618flat device tree:
4619
4620=> print oftaddr
4621oftaddr=0x300000
4622=> print oft
4623oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4624=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4625Speed: 1000, full duplex
4626Using TSEC0 device
4627TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4628Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4629Load address: 0x300000
4630Loading: #
4631done
4632Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4633=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4634Speed: 1000, full duplex
4635Using TSEC0 device
4636TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4637Filename 'uImage'.
4638Load address: 0x200000
4639Loading:############
4640done
4641Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4642=> print loadaddr
4643loadaddr=200000
4644=> print oftaddr
4645oftaddr=0x300000
4646=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4647## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004648 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4649 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4650 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004651 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004652 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004653 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4654 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4655Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4656Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4657Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4658[snip]
4659
4660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004661More About U-Boot Image Types:
4662------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004666 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4667 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4668 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4669 the Standalone Program.
4670 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4671 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4672 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4673 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4674 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4675 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4676 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4677 being started.
4678 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4679 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4680 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4681 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4682 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4683 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004685 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4686 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4687 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4688 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4689 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4690 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004692 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4693 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4694 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4697 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4698 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4699 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004700
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004701Booting the Linux zImage:
4702-------------------------
4703
4704On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4705using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4706as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4707
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004708Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4709kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4710address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4711format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4712
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004714Standalone HOWTO:
4715=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004716
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004717One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4718run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4719U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004723"Hello World" Demo:
4724-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4727application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4728It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4729like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004731 => loads
4732 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4733 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4734 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4735 [file transfer complete]
4736 [connected]
4737 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004739 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4740 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4741 Hello World
4742 argc = 7
4743 argv[0] = "40004"
4744 argv[1] = "Hello"
4745 argv[2] = "World!"
4746 argv[3] = "This"
4747 argv[4] = "is"
4748 argv[5] = "a"
4749 argv[6] = "test."
4750 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4751 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4756handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4757Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4758The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4759character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4760controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4763 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4764 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4765 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004766
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004767 => loads
4768 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4769 ~>examples/timer.srec
4770 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4771 [file transfer complete]
4772 [connected]
4773 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004775 => go 40004
4776 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4777 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4778 Using timer 1
4779 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004780
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004781Hit 'b':
4782 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4783 Enabling timer
4784Hit '?':
4785 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4786 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4787Hit '?':
4788 [q, b, e, ?] .
4789 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4790Hit '?':
4791 [q, b, e, ?] .
4792 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4793Hit '?':
4794 [q, b, e, ?] .
4795 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4796Hit 'e':
4797 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4798Hit 'q':
4799 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004800
4801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802Minicom warning:
4803================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004804
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004805Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4806"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4807consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4808Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4809especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004810use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4811http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4812for help with kermit.
4813
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4816configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004817
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004818 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4819 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4820 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004821
4822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823NetBSD Notes:
4824=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004826Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4827(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004829Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4830NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4831need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4832Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4833attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4834missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004836 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4837 # mkdir powerpc
4838 # ln -s powerpc machine
4839 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4840 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4843and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004845Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4846stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4847proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4848tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004849meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004850
4851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004852Implementation Internals:
4853=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004855The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4856implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4857inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4858hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004859
4860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861Initial Stack, Global Data:
4862---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004864The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4865starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4866system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4867This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4868is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4869at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4870options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4871models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4872MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4873locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004874
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004875 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004876 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004878 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4879 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4880 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4881 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4884 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4885 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4886 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4887 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004888 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004889 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4890 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004892 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4893 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004894 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004895 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4896 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4897 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4898 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004899
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004900 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004901 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4902 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004903 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004904 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4905 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4906 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4907 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4908 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004910 -Chris Hallinan
4911 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004913It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4914code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4917 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004918
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004919* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004920 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4921 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4924 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004926Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4927normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4928turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4929simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4930functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4931functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4932the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4933place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4934reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004936When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4937relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4938GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004940For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4941 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004942 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004943 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4944 R5-R10: parameter passing
4945 R13: small data area pointer
4946 R30: GOT pointer
4947 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004948
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004949 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4950 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4951 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004952
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004953 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4956 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4957 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4958 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4959 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4960 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004961
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004962On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004963 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4964
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004965 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004967On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004968
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004969 R0: function argument word/integer result
4970 R1-R3: function argument word
4971 R9: GOT pointer
4972 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4973 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4974 R12: temporary workspace
4975 R13: stack pointer
4976 R14: link register
4977 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004978
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004979 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004980
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004981On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4982 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4983
4984 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4985
4986 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4987 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4988
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004989On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4990
4991 R0-R1: argument/return
4992 R2-R5: argument
4993 R15: temporary register for assembler
4994 R16: trampoline register
4995 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4996 R29: global pointer (GP)
4997 R30: link register (LP)
4998 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4999 PC: program counter (PC)
5000
5001 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5002
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005003NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5004or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005005
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005006Memory Management:
5007------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5010MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005011
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005012The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5013controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5014memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5015physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5018TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5019booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5020to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005021memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5023Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005025Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5026of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5029this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005030
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005031 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5032 :
5033 0x0000 1FFF
5034 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5035 :
5036 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038 :
5039 :
5040 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5041 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5042 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5043 :
5044 0x00FD FFFF
5045 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5046 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5047 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5048 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005049
5050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005051System Initialization:
5052----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005054In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005055(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5057To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5058To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5059initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5060which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5061part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5062the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005063
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005064Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5065preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5066(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5067on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5068programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5069simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5070banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5073different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5074bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
50750x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5076contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005077
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005078Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5079and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5080Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5081pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5084until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5085running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5086new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005087
5088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089U-Boot Porting Guide:
5090----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5093list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
5095
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005096int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005097{
5098 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005099
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005100 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5101 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005102
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005103 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005104 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005105 return 0;
5106 }
5107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005108 Download latest U-Boot source;
5109
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005110 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005111
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005112 if (clueless)
5113 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005114
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005115 while (learning) {
5116 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005117 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5118 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005120 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005121 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005122
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005123 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5124 Buy a BDI3000;
5125 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005126 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005127
5128 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5129 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5130 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5131 } else {
5132 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5133 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005134 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005135 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5136 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005138 while (!accepted) {
5139 while (!running) {
5140 do {
5141 Add / modify source code;
5142 } until (compiles);
5143 Debug;
5144 if (clueless)
5145 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5146 }
5147 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5148 if (reasonable critiques)
5149 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5150 else
5151 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005154 return 0;
5155}
5156
5157void no_more_time (int sig)
5158{
5159 hire_a_guru();
5160}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005161
5162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005163Coding Standards:
5164-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005166All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005167coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005168"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005170Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5171MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5172reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5173sources.
5174
5175Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5176Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5177in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178
5179Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5180- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005181- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005182- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005183- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5185
5186Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5187with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005188
5189
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005190Submitting Patches:
5191-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005193Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5194establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5195may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005196
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005197Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005198
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005199Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5200see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005202When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5203it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5206 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5207 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005209* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5210 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005211
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005212* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5213
5214* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5215
5216* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005217 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005218
5219* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5220 document these in the README file.
5221
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005222* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5223 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005224 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005225 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5226 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005228 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5229 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5230 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005231
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005232 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5233 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5234 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5235 affected files).
5236
5237 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5238 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239
5240* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5241 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5242
5243* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5244 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5245
5246
5247Notes:
5248
5249* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5250 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5251 for any of the boards.
5252
5253* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5254 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5255 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5256
5257* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5258 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5259 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5260 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5261 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5262 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005263
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005264* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5265 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5266 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5267 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.